unit1_week1_2.pdf
TRANSCRIPT
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Small Group Options
Oral Languagebull Build Background
Comprehensionbull Read That Big Cat
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Identify Rhyme
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency Word Automaticity
bull Read A Cap for Pam
bull Spelling
Pretest Words with Short a
High-Frequency Wordsbull Review jump not up down
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Shared Writing
Differentiated Instructionpages 35Indash35L
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print As you reread the Message
encourage children to raise their hand each time you begin a
sentence Invite volunteers to circle each sentence beginning
Review High-Frequency Words Ask a child to come up and
point to like and you
Introduce the Weekly Theme Tell children that this week theywill be talking about how each of us is different and special
Invite them to answer the question What do you like to do Add
this information to the Morning Message
Build Background We Are Special
ACCESS PRIOR KNOWLEDGE Write What I like to do on chart paper
and make a list of things children are good at and enjoy doing Keep
this list to refer to later
CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES Tell children that in this country we
have holidays to celebrate ways members of our families are special
Motherrsquos Day Fatherrsquos Day and Grandparentrsquos Day are a few In Japan
people celebrate Childrenrsquos Day plus Boysrsquo Festival and Girlsrsquo Festival
Invite children who have celebrated similar holidays to share their
experiences
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
byKathryn Lewisillustratedby ChiChung
Big Book Decodable
Reader
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
byKathrynLewisillustratedbyChi Chung
I like to run
I like to hopWhat do youlike to do
6T
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 236
TALK AND WRITE ABOUT THE PICTURE PROMPT Discuss the Focus
Questions What do you like to do What makes you special Talk about
how every person is unique or special and has special interests
Invite children to use the words as they respond to the photograph by
dictating sentences about it
For children who need
additional language
support and oral vocabulary
development use thelesson found at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
unique interest
Beginning
Pantomime and Gesture
Ask children questions about
what they like to do while
gesturing the activity Have
them raise their hands if they
like the activity For exampleask Do you like to play
baseball while standing in a
batterrsquos stance
Intermediate
Guided Questioning Ask
questions and help children
respond using complete
sentences What musical
instrument do you play Are
you a fast or a slow runner Ask children to get into pairs
and practice asking and
answering questions
Advanced
Act Out Have children share
their interests and talents in
a variation of charades Have
children take turns acting out
as others guess the activity
As it is identified write theword and have children use it
in a sentence
Talk About It Student pages 6ndash7
Pam and Sam 67
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 336
Objectives
bull Understand the strategyAnalyze Story Structure
bull Analyze characters by
looking at their words and
actions
bull Understand how setting
helps comprehension
bull Apply the strategy and skill
with the Big Book
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic languagecharacter setting
Materials
bull Big Book That Big Cat
Share the Big BookShare the Big Book Listening Comprehension
PREVIEW AND PREDICT Display the cover Read the title and
the names of the author and illustrator as you track the print
What do you think the girl likes to do How do you think she feels
about the cat in the picture What do you think might happen in
this story
GENRE Help children understand that they are about to read
realistic fiction a make-believe story that could really happen
Point out that most make-believe stories have pictures not
photographs to illustrate them
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
EXPLAIN Explain to children that every story is put together carefully
by an author This is called the story structure A story has many partsIt has a beginning a middle and an ending Each part of the story has
important information Good readers pay attention to the different parts
of the story
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
EXPLAIN Point out that an important part of stories are the people
and animals in them They are called characters and we learn about
them through what they do and say Another important part is thesetting or the place where the story happens This week children will
pay special attention to story characters and setting
Read the Big Book
SET PURPOSE As we read letrsquos think about the beginning middle and
end of the story Letrsquos find out about the girl and the big catMODELGUIDED PRACTICE Use the Think Alouds to model how to
analyze character and setting and story structure Additional prompts
are provided on the inside back cover of the Big Book
Pages 14ndash15mdashAnalyze Story Structure
Think Aloud The beginning of the story tells about what Allie
does at home and school The middle of the story tells about
something she doesnrsquot domdashpet the big cat I wonder what willhappen by the end of the story
Big BookThat Big Cat
Pantomime and Gesture Use
pantomime gestures and other
strategies to help make the text
comprehensible Have children
say the phrase
Page 8 Never ever do Shake
head emphatically and frown
Contrast with always
Page 14 Jump off the bus Jump
up and landPage 20 Hear a funny sound
Cup hand to ear as if listening
intently What do you hear
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A BMaintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
7A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 436
Pages 18ndash19mdashAnalyze Character and Setting
Think Aloud Allie likes to have fun She pretends to be a
superhero It looks like she and her friends are in her yard
Superheroes are brave I donrsquot think Allie feels brave around
that big cat Will she ever try to pet that cat Irsquoll keep reading
to find out
Respond to Literature
TALK ABOUT IT Encourage children to talk about what Allie is like
How do you think Allie felt about the cat at the beginning Did her
feelings change at the end What do you think made Allie change
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessIdentify Rhyme
Model
Show children how
you listen for rhyming
words Read ldquoWho Is
Thatrdquo
I am going to read a rhyme Listen to the
words at the end of each line
These words are from the rhyme that
cat and Sam If words rhyme they sound
alike at the end The words that and cat
sound the same at the end They rhyme
Sam does not rhyme with that and cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying rhyme with
the examples provided
Guide practice doing
the first two sets with
children
I will say three words Two of the words
rhyme Tell me which two words rhyme
mad sit add sad lid had
fad hid glad pad kid dad
run lad Tad ran tan top
To extend ask children
to blend the sounds in
these rhyming words
r a n t a n r a n
s a t th a t h a t
Comprehension
Analyze Character and Setting
bull(pages2ndash3)
What does this picture show What are somethingsAllielikestodo
bull (page9) In the beginning we learned about thingsAllie likes to
do Now we learn about something she doesnrsquot like to do What
is it Why do you think she wonrsquot pet the cat
bull (pages14ndash15) ThesetwopagesshowAllieactingintwovery
different ways How does Allie act getting off the bus How
doesshe act when she is aroundthe cat
bull (pages23ndash24)By the end Allie doespet the big cat Now she says
that she always alwayswill How is that like her
Story Words(page 3) always (page 8) never (page 17) pretend
About the Illustrator Emily Arnold McCullyEmily ArnoldMcCully has illustrated over 100 picture books She
has won many awards including the Caldecott Medal She began
towriteandillustrateherownstorieswhen shewas achild Then
she made them into books herself
Objective
bull Identify rhyme with short a
Additional question
prompts can be found on
the inside back cover ofThat Big Cat
Use this rhyme to develop
phonemic awareness for
short a
RHYMES AND CHIMES
Who Is That
Who is that
Itrsquos a very fat cat
Itrsquos a dog with a hat
Who is that
Itrsquos Sam and Pat
Listening Library Audio CD
Write About It Invite children to draw a picture of Allie doing something at
home or school in their response journal or notebook and
write one or more sentences about the picture
Pam and Sam 7B
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536
Objectives
bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
Materials
bull Large Alphabet Card Aa
bull Large Letter Cards a c m N
n p r s t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Leveled Practice Books p 1
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a
ExplainModel
Teach the sound-
symbol shortaa using
the Alphabet Card Aa
What is the name of
this letter The name of this
letter is a A stands for the sound
a Say the sound with me aaa
Identify short aa in
the medial position
Listen as I say the word mat
maaat I hear the a sound in
the middle of the word Irsquoll hold
up my a card Listen as I say cap
kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle
Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say
bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in
the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying medial a
Guide practice with the
first row
rat man rim cap pin
sat tin tap tip Sam
Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat
Blend with Short a a
Model
Display Letter Cards
m a Blend the sounds
together
This is the letter m It stands for the sound
m This is the letter a It stands for the
a sound Listen as I blend these sounds
together mmmaaa
Display the Letter
Card t Blend the
sounds together
This is the letter t
It stands for t
Listen as I blend all
three sounds
together
mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Read the word Circle the picture that it names
1 cat
2 pan
3 man
4 sat
5 fan
6 Write a sentence using some of the words
Possible response The man and the cat sat by
the fan
On Level Practice Book 0 page 1
Approaching Practice Book A page 1
Beyond Practice Book B page 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Aa
7C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636
Repeat the routine to
blend the sounds in
rhyming words
cat pat Nat sat rat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending sounds in
additional rhyming
words by changing the
first letter Do the first
row with children
map tap cap nap rap
can pan man ran tan
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending
the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each
word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read
Continue with the remaining rows
Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n
c p and a Make the sounds
m r t s n k p and
a exaggerating each one and
have children repeat Listen
for correct pronunciation
Demonstrate correct placement
of lips and tongue to produce
the sounds and ask children to
follow your model
Then reread the words on the
Teaching Chart emphasizing the
short a sound in each one
If children have difficulty
blending saying e instead
of a for example point to
a
This is the letter a The
letter a stands for aaa
Say it with me a Letrsquos
sound out that word
again mmmaaat mat
ConstructiveFeedback
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Can they read words with automaticity
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 7D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Identify spelling patterns
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 1
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards for spelling
words
bull paper and pencils
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a
PRETEST
Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the
word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out
the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the
board as you say the letter names Have children check their words
1 Does that man have any interest
in baseball
2 I like my furry cat
3 Dan wears a baseball hat
4 I put my ball on the mat
5 I ran fast in the race
6 Dad can play the piano in such a
unique way
WORD SORT
Make an index card for each spelling
word as well as for -at and -an
Place -at and -an to form two
columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children
Hold up the word mat Say and
spell it Pronounce each sound
clearly m a t Blend the sounds
mmmaaat
Repeat this step with each -at word
Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the
words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)
Repeat the process with the -an words
Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out
that these spelling words do not contain short a
Save the index cards to use later in the week
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 1
man cat
hat mat
ran can
High-Frequency Words
up down
7E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836
Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam
Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for
with and the on the board Read the words with children
Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children
sound it out as you run your finger under it
What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos
name is
Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word
sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective
feedback If children can sound out the words have them
whisper-read the rest of the text
Objectives
bull Decode words with short aa
bull Review a have has for with
the
bull Read words with short aa
in connected text
Materials
bull Decodable Reader Library
A Cap for Pam
[set facsimile ofcover for Grade
1 Unit 1 Week
1 decodable
Reader A Cap for
Pam]
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children spell and read words with short aa
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung
Decodable Reader
Children can read
A Cap for Pam during
whole group or small
group time
Sam has a tan mat
2
Can Pam have a mat
3
Sam has a cat cap
Pam can have a cap4
Pam ran with the cap
5
Pam Cat can tap
Tap Pam tap6
a have has for with the
Follow these steps to teach
each high-frequency word
Say Point to and say
the word
Spell Spell the word
Read Have children
read the word
Write Have children
write the word
Use Use each word
in a sentence
Review Review high-
frequency words from
previous lessons
High-FrequencyWord Routine
For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
Decodable Text
Pam and Sam 7F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 236
TALK AND WRITE ABOUT THE PICTURE PROMPT Discuss the Focus
Questions What do you like to do What makes you special Talk about
how every person is unique or special and has special interests
Invite children to use the words as they respond to the photograph by
dictating sentences about it
For children who need
additional language
support and oral vocabulary
development use thelesson found at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
unique interest
Beginning
Pantomime and Gesture
Ask children questions about
what they like to do while
gesturing the activity Have
them raise their hands if they
like the activity For exampleask Do you like to play
baseball while standing in a
batterrsquos stance
Intermediate
Guided Questioning Ask
questions and help children
respond using complete
sentences What musical
instrument do you play Are
you a fast or a slow runner Ask children to get into pairs
and practice asking and
answering questions
Advanced
Act Out Have children share
their interests and talents in
a variation of charades Have
children take turns acting out
as others guess the activity
As it is identified write theword and have children use it
in a sentence
Talk About It Student pages 6ndash7
Pam and Sam 67
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 336
Objectives
bull Understand the strategyAnalyze Story Structure
bull Analyze characters by
looking at their words and
actions
bull Understand how setting
helps comprehension
bull Apply the strategy and skill
with the Big Book
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic languagecharacter setting
Materials
bull Big Book That Big Cat
Share the Big BookShare the Big Book Listening Comprehension
PREVIEW AND PREDICT Display the cover Read the title and
the names of the author and illustrator as you track the print
What do you think the girl likes to do How do you think she feels
about the cat in the picture What do you think might happen in
this story
GENRE Help children understand that they are about to read
realistic fiction a make-believe story that could really happen
Point out that most make-believe stories have pictures not
photographs to illustrate them
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
EXPLAIN Explain to children that every story is put together carefully
by an author This is called the story structure A story has many partsIt has a beginning a middle and an ending Each part of the story has
important information Good readers pay attention to the different parts
of the story
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
EXPLAIN Point out that an important part of stories are the people
and animals in them They are called characters and we learn about
them through what they do and say Another important part is thesetting or the place where the story happens This week children will
pay special attention to story characters and setting
Read the Big Book
SET PURPOSE As we read letrsquos think about the beginning middle and
end of the story Letrsquos find out about the girl and the big catMODELGUIDED PRACTICE Use the Think Alouds to model how to
analyze character and setting and story structure Additional prompts
are provided on the inside back cover of the Big Book
Pages 14ndash15mdashAnalyze Story Structure
Think Aloud The beginning of the story tells about what Allie
does at home and school The middle of the story tells about
something she doesnrsquot domdashpet the big cat I wonder what willhappen by the end of the story
Big BookThat Big Cat
Pantomime and Gesture Use
pantomime gestures and other
strategies to help make the text
comprehensible Have children
say the phrase
Page 8 Never ever do Shake
head emphatically and frown
Contrast with always
Page 14 Jump off the bus Jump
up and landPage 20 Hear a funny sound
Cup hand to ear as if listening
intently What do you hear
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A BMaintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
7A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 436
Pages 18ndash19mdashAnalyze Character and Setting
Think Aloud Allie likes to have fun She pretends to be a
superhero It looks like she and her friends are in her yard
Superheroes are brave I donrsquot think Allie feels brave around
that big cat Will she ever try to pet that cat Irsquoll keep reading
to find out
Respond to Literature
TALK ABOUT IT Encourage children to talk about what Allie is like
How do you think Allie felt about the cat at the beginning Did her
feelings change at the end What do you think made Allie change
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessIdentify Rhyme
Model
Show children how
you listen for rhyming
words Read ldquoWho Is
Thatrdquo
I am going to read a rhyme Listen to the
words at the end of each line
These words are from the rhyme that
cat and Sam If words rhyme they sound
alike at the end The words that and cat
sound the same at the end They rhyme
Sam does not rhyme with that and cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying rhyme with
the examples provided
Guide practice doing
the first two sets with
children
I will say three words Two of the words
rhyme Tell me which two words rhyme
mad sit add sad lid had
fad hid glad pad kid dad
run lad Tad ran tan top
To extend ask children
to blend the sounds in
these rhyming words
r a n t a n r a n
s a t th a t h a t
Comprehension
Analyze Character and Setting
bull(pages2ndash3)
What does this picture show What are somethingsAllielikestodo
bull (page9) In the beginning we learned about thingsAllie likes to
do Now we learn about something she doesnrsquot like to do What
is it Why do you think she wonrsquot pet the cat
bull (pages14ndash15) ThesetwopagesshowAllieactingintwovery
different ways How does Allie act getting off the bus How
doesshe act when she is aroundthe cat
bull (pages23ndash24)By the end Allie doespet the big cat Now she says
that she always alwayswill How is that like her
Story Words(page 3) always (page 8) never (page 17) pretend
About the Illustrator Emily Arnold McCullyEmily ArnoldMcCully has illustrated over 100 picture books She
has won many awards including the Caldecott Medal She began
towriteandillustrateherownstorieswhen shewas achild Then
she made them into books herself
Objective
bull Identify rhyme with short a
Additional question
prompts can be found on
the inside back cover ofThat Big Cat
Use this rhyme to develop
phonemic awareness for
short a
RHYMES AND CHIMES
Who Is That
Who is that
Itrsquos a very fat cat
Itrsquos a dog with a hat
Who is that
Itrsquos Sam and Pat
Listening Library Audio CD
Write About It Invite children to draw a picture of Allie doing something at
home or school in their response journal or notebook and
write one or more sentences about the picture
Pam and Sam 7B
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536
Objectives
bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
Materials
bull Large Alphabet Card Aa
bull Large Letter Cards a c m N
n p r s t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Leveled Practice Books p 1
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a
ExplainModel
Teach the sound-
symbol shortaa using
the Alphabet Card Aa
What is the name of
this letter The name of this
letter is a A stands for the sound
a Say the sound with me aaa
Identify short aa in
the medial position
Listen as I say the word mat
maaat I hear the a sound in
the middle of the word Irsquoll hold
up my a card Listen as I say cap
kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle
Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say
bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in
the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying medial a
Guide practice with the
first row
rat man rim cap pin
sat tin tap tip Sam
Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat
Blend with Short a a
Model
Display Letter Cards
m a Blend the sounds
together
This is the letter m It stands for the sound
m This is the letter a It stands for the
a sound Listen as I blend these sounds
together mmmaaa
Display the Letter
Card t Blend the
sounds together
This is the letter t
It stands for t
Listen as I blend all
three sounds
together
mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Read the word Circle the picture that it names
1 cat
2 pan
3 man
4 sat
5 fan
6 Write a sentence using some of the words
Possible response The man and the cat sat by
the fan
On Level Practice Book 0 page 1
Approaching Practice Book A page 1
Beyond Practice Book B page 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Aa
7C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636
Repeat the routine to
blend the sounds in
rhyming words
cat pat Nat sat rat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending sounds in
additional rhyming
words by changing the
first letter Do the first
row with children
map tap cap nap rap
can pan man ran tan
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending
the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each
word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read
Continue with the remaining rows
Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n
c p and a Make the sounds
m r t s n k p and
a exaggerating each one and
have children repeat Listen
for correct pronunciation
Demonstrate correct placement
of lips and tongue to produce
the sounds and ask children to
follow your model
Then reread the words on the
Teaching Chart emphasizing the
short a sound in each one
If children have difficulty
blending saying e instead
of a for example point to
a
This is the letter a The
letter a stands for aaa
Say it with me a Letrsquos
sound out that word
again mmmaaat mat
ConstructiveFeedback
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Can they read words with automaticity
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 7D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Identify spelling patterns
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 1
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards for spelling
words
bull paper and pencils
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a
PRETEST
Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the
word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out
the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the
board as you say the letter names Have children check their words
1 Does that man have any interest
in baseball
2 I like my furry cat
3 Dan wears a baseball hat
4 I put my ball on the mat
5 I ran fast in the race
6 Dad can play the piano in such a
unique way
WORD SORT
Make an index card for each spelling
word as well as for -at and -an
Place -at and -an to form two
columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children
Hold up the word mat Say and
spell it Pronounce each sound
clearly m a t Blend the sounds
mmmaaat
Repeat this step with each -at word
Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the
words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)
Repeat the process with the -an words
Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out
that these spelling words do not contain short a
Save the index cards to use later in the week
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 1
man cat
hat mat
ran can
High-Frequency Words
up down
7E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836
Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam
Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for
with and the on the board Read the words with children
Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children
sound it out as you run your finger under it
What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos
name is
Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word
sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective
feedback If children can sound out the words have them
whisper-read the rest of the text
Objectives
bull Decode words with short aa
bull Review a have has for with
the
bull Read words with short aa
in connected text
Materials
bull Decodable Reader Library
A Cap for Pam
[set facsimile ofcover for Grade
1 Unit 1 Week
1 decodable
Reader A Cap for
Pam]
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children spell and read words with short aa
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung
Decodable Reader
Children can read
A Cap for Pam during
whole group or small
group time
Sam has a tan mat
2
Can Pam have a mat
3
Sam has a cat cap
Pam can have a cap4
Pam ran with the cap
5
Pam Cat can tap
Tap Pam tap6
a have has for with the
Follow these steps to teach
each high-frequency word
Say Point to and say
the word
Spell Spell the word
Read Have children
read the word
Write Have children
write the word
Use Use each word
in a sentence
Review Review high-
frequency words from
previous lessons
High-FrequencyWord Routine
For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
Decodable Text
Pam and Sam 7F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 336
Objectives
bull Understand the strategyAnalyze Story Structure
bull Analyze characters by
looking at their words and
actions
bull Understand how setting
helps comprehension
bull Apply the strategy and skill
with the Big Book
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic languagecharacter setting
Materials
bull Big Book That Big Cat
Share the Big BookShare the Big Book Listening Comprehension
PREVIEW AND PREDICT Display the cover Read the title and
the names of the author and illustrator as you track the print
What do you think the girl likes to do How do you think she feels
about the cat in the picture What do you think might happen in
this story
GENRE Help children understand that they are about to read
realistic fiction a make-believe story that could really happen
Point out that most make-believe stories have pictures not
photographs to illustrate them
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
EXPLAIN Explain to children that every story is put together carefully
by an author This is called the story structure A story has many partsIt has a beginning a middle and an ending Each part of the story has
important information Good readers pay attention to the different parts
of the story
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
EXPLAIN Point out that an important part of stories are the people
and animals in them They are called characters and we learn about
them through what they do and say Another important part is thesetting or the place where the story happens This week children will
pay special attention to story characters and setting
Read the Big Book
SET PURPOSE As we read letrsquos think about the beginning middle and
end of the story Letrsquos find out about the girl and the big catMODELGUIDED PRACTICE Use the Think Alouds to model how to
analyze character and setting and story structure Additional prompts
are provided on the inside back cover of the Big Book
Pages 14ndash15mdashAnalyze Story Structure
Think Aloud The beginning of the story tells about what Allie
does at home and school The middle of the story tells about
something she doesnrsquot domdashpet the big cat I wonder what willhappen by the end of the story
Big BookThat Big Cat
Pantomime and Gesture Use
pantomime gestures and other
strategies to help make the text
comprehensible Have children
say the phrase
Page 8 Never ever do Shake
head emphatically and frown
Contrast with always
Page 14 Jump off the bus Jump
up and landPage 20 Hear a funny sound
Cup hand to ear as if listening
intently What do you hear
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A BMaintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
7A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 436
Pages 18ndash19mdashAnalyze Character and Setting
Think Aloud Allie likes to have fun She pretends to be a
superhero It looks like she and her friends are in her yard
Superheroes are brave I donrsquot think Allie feels brave around
that big cat Will she ever try to pet that cat Irsquoll keep reading
to find out
Respond to Literature
TALK ABOUT IT Encourage children to talk about what Allie is like
How do you think Allie felt about the cat at the beginning Did her
feelings change at the end What do you think made Allie change
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessIdentify Rhyme
Model
Show children how
you listen for rhyming
words Read ldquoWho Is
Thatrdquo
I am going to read a rhyme Listen to the
words at the end of each line
These words are from the rhyme that
cat and Sam If words rhyme they sound
alike at the end The words that and cat
sound the same at the end They rhyme
Sam does not rhyme with that and cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying rhyme with
the examples provided
Guide practice doing
the first two sets with
children
I will say three words Two of the words
rhyme Tell me which two words rhyme
mad sit add sad lid had
fad hid glad pad kid dad
run lad Tad ran tan top
To extend ask children
to blend the sounds in
these rhyming words
r a n t a n r a n
s a t th a t h a t
Comprehension
Analyze Character and Setting
bull(pages2ndash3)
What does this picture show What are somethingsAllielikestodo
bull (page9) In the beginning we learned about thingsAllie likes to
do Now we learn about something she doesnrsquot like to do What
is it Why do you think she wonrsquot pet the cat
bull (pages14ndash15) ThesetwopagesshowAllieactingintwovery
different ways How does Allie act getting off the bus How
doesshe act when she is aroundthe cat
bull (pages23ndash24)By the end Allie doespet the big cat Now she says
that she always alwayswill How is that like her
Story Words(page 3) always (page 8) never (page 17) pretend
About the Illustrator Emily Arnold McCullyEmily ArnoldMcCully has illustrated over 100 picture books She
has won many awards including the Caldecott Medal She began
towriteandillustrateherownstorieswhen shewas achild Then
she made them into books herself
Objective
bull Identify rhyme with short a
Additional question
prompts can be found on
the inside back cover ofThat Big Cat
Use this rhyme to develop
phonemic awareness for
short a
RHYMES AND CHIMES
Who Is That
Who is that
Itrsquos a very fat cat
Itrsquos a dog with a hat
Who is that
Itrsquos Sam and Pat
Listening Library Audio CD
Write About It Invite children to draw a picture of Allie doing something at
home or school in their response journal or notebook and
write one or more sentences about the picture
Pam and Sam 7B
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536
Objectives
bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
Materials
bull Large Alphabet Card Aa
bull Large Letter Cards a c m N
n p r s t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Leveled Practice Books p 1
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a
ExplainModel
Teach the sound-
symbol shortaa using
the Alphabet Card Aa
What is the name of
this letter The name of this
letter is a A stands for the sound
a Say the sound with me aaa
Identify short aa in
the medial position
Listen as I say the word mat
maaat I hear the a sound in
the middle of the word Irsquoll hold
up my a card Listen as I say cap
kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle
Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say
bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in
the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying medial a
Guide practice with the
first row
rat man rim cap pin
sat tin tap tip Sam
Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat
Blend with Short a a
Model
Display Letter Cards
m a Blend the sounds
together
This is the letter m It stands for the sound
m This is the letter a It stands for the
a sound Listen as I blend these sounds
together mmmaaa
Display the Letter
Card t Blend the
sounds together
This is the letter t
It stands for t
Listen as I blend all
three sounds
together
mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Read the word Circle the picture that it names
1 cat
2 pan
3 man
4 sat
5 fan
6 Write a sentence using some of the words
Possible response The man and the cat sat by
the fan
On Level Practice Book 0 page 1
Approaching Practice Book A page 1
Beyond Practice Book B page 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Aa
7C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636
Repeat the routine to
blend the sounds in
rhyming words
cat pat Nat sat rat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending sounds in
additional rhyming
words by changing the
first letter Do the first
row with children
map tap cap nap rap
can pan man ran tan
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending
the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each
word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read
Continue with the remaining rows
Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n
c p and a Make the sounds
m r t s n k p and
a exaggerating each one and
have children repeat Listen
for correct pronunciation
Demonstrate correct placement
of lips and tongue to produce
the sounds and ask children to
follow your model
Then reread the words on the
Teaching Chart emphasizing the
short a sound in each one
If children have difficulty
blending saying e instead
of a for example point to
a
This is the letter a The
letter a stands for aaa
Say it with me a Letrsquos
sound out that word
again mmmaaat mat
ConstructiveFeedback
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Can they read words with automaticity
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 7D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Identify spelling patterns
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 1
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards for spelling
words
bull paper and pencils
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a
PRETEST
Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the
word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out
the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the
board as you say the letter names Have children check their words
1 Does that man have any interest
in baseball
2 I like my furry cat
3 Dan wears a baseball hat
4 I put my ball on the mat
5 I ran fast in the race
6 Dad can play the piano in such a
unique way
WORD SORT
Make an index card for each spelling
word as well as for -at and -an
Place -at and -an to form two
columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children
Hold up the word mat Say and
spell it Pronounce each sound
clearly m a t Blend the sounds
mmmaaat
Repeat this step with each -at word
Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the
words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)
Repeat the process with the -an words
Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out
that these spelling words do not contain short a
Save the index cards to use later in the week
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 1
man cat
hat mat
ran can
High-Frequency Words
up down
7E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836
Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam
Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for
with and the on the board Read the words with children
Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children
sound it out as you run your finger under it
What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos
name is
Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word
sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective
feedback If children can sound out the words have them
whisper-read the rest of the text
Objectives
bull Decode words with short aa
bull Review a have has for with
the
bull Read words with short aa
in connected text
Materials
bull Decodable Reader Library
A Cap for Pam
[set facsimile ofcover for Grade
1 Unit 1 Week
1 decodable
Reader A Cap for
Pam]
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children spell and read words with short aa
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung
Decodable Reader
Children can read
A Cap for Pam during
whole group or small
group time
Sam has a tan mat
2
Can Pam have a mat
3
Sam has a cat cap
Pam can have a cap4
Pam ran with the cap
5
Pam Cat can tap
Tap Pam tap6
a have has for with the
Follow these steps to teach
each high-frequency word
Say Point to and say
the word
Spell Spell the word
Read Have children
read the word
Write Have children
write the word
Use Use each word
in a sentence
Review Review high-
frequency words from
previous lessons
High-FrequencyWord Routine
For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
Decodable Text
Pam and Sam 7F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 436
Pages 18ndash19mdashAnalyze Character and Setting
Think Aloud Allie likes to have fun She pretends to be a
superhero It looks like she and her friends are in her yard
Superheroes are brave I donrsquot think Allie feels brave around
that big cat Will she ever try to pet that cat Irsquoll keep reading
to find out
Respond to Literature
TALK ABOUT IT Encourage children to talk about what Allie is like
How do you think Allie felt about the cat at the beginning Did her
feelings change at the end What do you think made Allie change
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessIdentify Rhyme
Model
Show children how
you listen for rhyming
words Read ldquoWho Is
Thatrdquo
I am going to read a rhyme Listen to the
words at the end of each line
These words are from the rhyme that
cat and Sam If words rhyme they sound
alike at the end The words that and cat
sound the same at the end They rhyme
Sam does not rhyme with that and cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying rhyme with
the examples provided
Guide practice doing
the first two sets with
children
I will say three words Two of the words
rhyme Tell me which two words rhyme
mad sit add sad lid had
fad hid glad pad kid dad
run lad Tad ran tan top
To extend ask children
to blend the sounds in
these rhyming words
r a n t a n r a n
s a t th a t h a t
Comprehension
Analyze Character and Setting
bull(pages2ndash3)
What does this picture show What are somethingsAllielikestodo
bull (page9) In the beginning we learned about thingsAllie likes to
do Now we learn about something she doesnrsquot like to do What
is it Why do you think she wonrsquot pet the cat
bull (pages14ndash15) ThesetwopagesshowAllieactingintwovery
different ways How does Allie act getting off the bus How
doesshe act when she is aroundthe cat
bull (pages23ndash24)By the end Allie doespet the big cat Now she says
that she always alwayswill How is that like her
Story Words(page 3) always (page 8) never (page 17) pretend
About the Illustrator Emily Arnold McCullyEmily ArnoldMcCully has illustrated over 100 picture books She
has won many awards including the Caldecott Medal She began
towriteandillustrateherownstorieswhen shewas achild Then
she made them into books herself
Objective
bull Identify rhyme with short a
Additional question
prompts can be found on
the inside back cover ofThat Big Cat
Use this rhyme to develop
phonemic awareness for
short a
RHYMES AND CHIMES
Who Is That
Who is that
Itrsquos a very fat cat
Itrsquos a dog with a hat
Who is that
Itrsquos Sam and Pat
Listening Library Audio CD
Write About It Invite children to draw a picture of Allie doing something at
home or school in their response journal or notebook and
write one or more sentences about the picture
Pam and Sam 7B
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536
Objectives
bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
Materials
bull Large Alphabet Card Aa
bull Large Letter Cards a c m N
n p r s t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Leveled Practice Books p 1
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a
ExplainModel
Teach the sound-
symbol shortaa using
the Alphabet Card Aa
What is the name of
this letter The name of this
letter is a A stands for the sound
a Say the sound with me aaa
Identify short aa in
the medial position
Listen as I say the word mat
maaat I hear the a sound in
the middle of the word Irsquoll hold
up my a card Listen as I say cap
kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle
Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say
bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in
the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying medial a
Guide practice with the
first row
rat man rim cap pin
sat tin tap tip Sam
Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat
Blend with Short a a
Model
Display Letter Cards
m a Blend the sounds
together
This is the letter m It stands for the sound
m This is the letter a It stands for the
a sound Listen as I blend these sounds
together mmmaaa
Display the Letter
Card t Blend the
sounds together
This is the letter t
It stands for t
Listen as I blend all
three sounds
together
mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Read the word Circle the picture that it names
1 cat
2 pan
3 man
4 sat
5 fan
6 Write a sentence using some of the words
Possible response The man and the cat sat by
the fan
On Level Practice Book 0 page 1
Approaching Practice Book A page 1
Beyond Practice Book B page 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Aa
7C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636
Repeat the routine to
blend the sounds in
rhyming words
cat pat Nat sat rat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending sounds in
additional rhyming
words by changing the
first letter Do the first
row with children
map tap cap nap rap
can pan man ran tan
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending
the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each
word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read
Continue with the remaining rows
Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n
c p and a Make the sounds
m r t s n k p and
a exaggerating each one and
have children repeat Listen
for correct pronunciation
Demonstrate correct placement
of lips and tongue to produce
the sounds and ask children to
follow your model
Then reread the words on the
Teaching Chart emphasizing the
short a sound in each one
If children have difficulty
blending saying e instead
of a for example point to
a
This is the letter a The
letter a stands for aaa
Say it with me a Letrsquos
sound out that word
again mmmaaat mat
ConstructiveFeedback
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Can they read words with automaticity
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 7D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Identify spelling patterns
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 1
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards for spelling
words
bull paper and pencils
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a
PRETEST
Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the
word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out
the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the
board as you say the letter names Have children check their words
1 Does that man have any interest
in baseball
2 I like my furry cat
3 Dan wears a baseball hat
4 I put my ball on the mat
5 I ran fast in the race
6 Dad can play the piano in such a
unique way
WORD SORT
Make an index card for each spelling
word as well as for -at and -an
Place -at and -an to form two
columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children
Hold up the word mat Say and
spell it Pronounce each sound
clearly m a t Blend the sounds
mmmaaat
Repeat this step with each -at word
Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the
words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)
Repeat the process with the -an words
Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out
that these spelling words do not contain short a
Save the index cards to use later in the week
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 1
man cat
hat mat
ran can
High-Frequency Words
up down
7E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836
Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam
Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for
with and the on the board Read the words with children
Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children
sound it out as you run your finger under it
What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos
name is
Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word
sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective
feedback If children can sound out the words have them
whisper-read the rest of the text
Objectives
bull Decode words with short aa
bull Review a have has for with
the
bull Read words with short aa
in connected text
Materials
bull Decodable Reader Library
A Cap for Pam
[set facsimile ofcover for Grade
1 Unit 1 Week
1 decodable
Reader A Cap for
Pam]
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children spell and read words with short aa
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung
Decodable Reader
Children can read
A Cap for Pam during
whole group or small
group time
Sam has a tan mat
2
Can Pam have a mat
3
Sam has a cat cap
Pam can have a cap4
Pam ran with the cap
5
Pam Cat can tap
Tap Pam tap6
a have has for with the
Follow these steps to teach
each high-frequency word
Say Point to and say
the word
Spell Spell the word
Read Have children
read the word
Write Have children
write the word
Use Use each word
in a sentence
Review Review high-
frequency words from
previous lessons
High-FrequencyWord Routine
For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
Decodable Text
Pam and Sam 7F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536
Objectives
bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
Materials
bull Large Alphabet Card Aa
bull Large Letter Cards a c m N
n p r s t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Leveled Practice Books p 1
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a
ExplainModel
Teach the sound-
symbol shortaa using
the Alphabet Card Aa
What is the name of
this letter The name of this
letter is a A stands for the sound
a Say the sound with me aaa
Identify short aa in
the medial position
Listen as I say the word mat
maaat I hear the a sound in
the middle of the word Irsquoll hold
up my a card Listen as I say cap
kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle
Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say
bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in
the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
identifying medial a
Guide practice with the
first row
rat man rim cap pin
sat tin tap tip Sam
Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat
Blend with Short a a
Model
Display Letter Cards
m a Blend the sounds
together
This is the letter m It stands for the sound
m This is the letter a It stands for the
a sound Listen as I blend these sounds
together mmmaaa
Display the Letter
Card t Blend the
sounds together
This is the letter t
It stands for t
Listen as I blend all
three sounds
together
mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Read the word Circle the picture that it names
1 cat
2 pan
3 man
4 sat
5 fan
6 Write a sentence using some of the words
Possible response The man and the cat sat by
the fan
On Level Practice Book 0 page 1
Approaching Practice Book A page 1
Beyond Practice Book B page 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Aa
7C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636
Repeat the routine to
blend the sounds in
rhyming words
cat pat Nat sat rat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending sounds in
additional rhyming
words by changing the
first letter Do the first
row with children
map tap cap nap rap
can pan man ran tan
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending
the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each
word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read
Continue with the remaining rows
Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n
c p and a Make the sounds
m r t s n k p and
a exaggerating each one and
have children repeat Listen
for correct pronunciation
Demonstrate correct placement
of lips and tongue to produce
the sounds and ask children to
follow your model
Then reread the words on the
Teaching Chart emphasizing the
short a sound in each one
If children have difficulty
blending saying e instead
of a for example point to
a
This is the letter a The
letter a stands for aaa
Say it with me a Letrsquos
sound out that word
again mmmaaat mat
ConstructiveFeedback
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Can they read words with automaticity
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 7D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Identify spelling patterns
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 1
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards for spelling
words
bull paper and pencils
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a
PRETEST
Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the
word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out
the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the
board as you say the letter names Have children check their words
1 Does that man have any interest
in baseball
2 I like my furry cat
3 Dan wears a baseball hat
4 I put my ball on the mat
5 I ran fast in the race
6 Dad can play the piano in such a
unique way
WORD SORT
Make an index card for each spelling
word as well as for -at and -an
Place -at and -an to form two
columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children
Hold up the word mat Say and
spell it Pronounce each sound
clearly m a t Blend the sounds
mmmaaat
Repeat this step with each -at word
Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the
words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)
Repeat the process with the -an words
Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out
that these spelling words do not contain short a
Save the index cards to use later in the week
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 1
man cat
hat mat
ran can
High-Frequency Words
up down
7E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836
Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam
Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for
with and the on the board Read the words with children
Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children
sound it out as you run your finger under it
What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos
name is
Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word
sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective
feedback If children can sound out the words have them
whisper-read the rest of the text
Objectives
bull Decode words with short aa
bull Review a have has for with
the
bull Read words with short aa
in connected text
Materials
bull Decodable Reader Library
A Cap for Pam
[set facsimile ofcover for Grade
1 Unit 1 Week
1 decodable
Reader A Cap for
Pam]
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children spell and read words with short aa
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung
Decodable Reader
Children can read
A Cap for Pam during
whole group or small
group time
Sam has a tan mat
2
Can Pam have a mat
3
Sam has a cat cap
Pam can have a cap4
Pam ran with the cap
5
Pam Cat can tap
Tap Pam tap6
a have has for with the
Follow these steps to teach
each high-frequency word
Say Point to and say
the word
Spell Spell the word
Read Have children
read the word
Write Have children
write the word
Use Use each word
in a sentence
Review Review high-
frequency words from
previous lessons
High-FrequencyWord Routine
For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
Decodable Text
Pam and Sam 7F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636
Repeat the routine to
blend the sounds in
rhyming words
cat pat Nat sat rat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending sounds in
additional rhyming
words by changing the
first letter Do the first
row with children
map tap cap nap rap
can pan man ran tan
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending
the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each
word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read
Continue with the remaining rows
Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n
c p and a Make the sounds
m r t s n k p and
a exaggerating each one and
have children repeat Listen
for correct pronunciation
Demonstrate correct placement
of lips and tongue to produce
the sounds and ask children to
follow your model
Then reread the words on the
Teaching Chart emphasizing the
short a sound in each one
If children have difficulty
blending saying e instead
of a for example point to
a
This is the letter a The
letter a stands for aaa
Say it with me a Letrsquos
sound out that word
again mmmaaat mat
ConstructiveFeedback
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Can they read words with automaticity
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 7D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Identify spelling patterns
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 1
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards for spelling
words
bull paper and pencils
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a
PRETEST
Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the
word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out
the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the
board as you say the letter names Have children check their words
1 Does that man have any interest
in baseball
2 I like my furry cat
3 Dan wears a baseball hat
4 I put my ball on the mat
5 I ran fast in the race
6 Dad can play the piano in such a
unique way
WORD SORT
Make an index card for each spelling
word as well as for -at and -an
Place -at and -an to form two
columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children
Hold up the word mat Say and
spell it Pronounce each sound
clearly m a t Blend the sounds
mmmaaat
Repeat this step with each -at word
Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the
words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)
Repeat the process with the -an words
Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out
that these spelling words do not contain short a
Save the index cards to use later in the week
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 1
man cat
hat mat
ran can
High-Frequency Words
up down
7E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836
Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam
Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for
with and the on the board Read the words with children
Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children
sound it out as you run your finger under it
What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos
name is
Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word
sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective
feedback If children can sound out the words have them
whisper-read the rest of the text
Objectives
bull Decode words with short aa
bull Review a have has for with
the
bull Read words with short aa
in connected text
Materials
bull Decodable Reader Library
A Cap for Pam
[set facsimile ofcover for Grade
1 Unit 1 Week
1 decodable
Reader A Cap for
Pam]
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children spell and read words with short aa
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung
Decodable Reader
Children can read
A Cap for Pam during
whole group or small
group time
Sam has a tan mat
2
Can Pam have a mat
3
Sam has a cat cap
Pam can have a cap4
Pam ran with the cap
5
Pam Cat can tap
Tap Pam tap6
a have has for with the
Follow these steps to teach
each high-frequency word
Say Point to and say
the word
Spell Spell the word
Read Have children
read the word
Write Have children
write the word
Use Use each word
in a sentence
Review Review high-
frequency words from
previous lessons
High-FrequencyWord Routine
For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
Decodable Text
Pam and Sam 7F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Identify spelling patterns
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 1
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards for spelling
words
bull paper and pencils
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a
PRETEST
Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the
word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out
the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the
board as you say the letter names Have children check their words
1 Does that man have any interest
in baseball
2 I like my furry cat
3 Dan wears a baseball hat
4 I put my ball on the mat
5 I ran fast in the race
6 Dad can play the piano in such a
unique way
WORD SORT
Make an index card for each spelling
word as well as for -at and -an
Place -at and -an to form two
columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children
Hold up the word mat Say and
spell it Pronounce each sound
clearly m a t Blend the sounds
mmmaaat
Repeat this step with each -at word
Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the
words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)
Repeat the process with the -an words
Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out
that these spelling words do not contain short a
Save the index cards to use later in the week
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 1
man cat
hat mat
ran can
High-Frequency Words
up down
7E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836
Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam
Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for
with and the on the board Read the words with children
Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children
sound it out as you run your finger under it
What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos
name is
Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word
sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective
feedback If children can sound out the words have them
whisper-read the rest of the text
Objectives
bull Decode words with short aa
bull Review a have has for with
the
bull Read words with short aa
in connected text
Materials
bull Decodable Reader Library
A Cap for Pam
[set facsimile ofcover for Grade
1 Unit 1 Week
1 decodable
Reader A Cap for
Pam]
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children spell and read words with short aa
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung
Decodable Reader
Children can read
A Cap for Pam during
whole group or small
group time
Sam has a tan mat
2
Can Pam have a mat
3
Sam has a cat cap
Pam can have a cap4
Pam ran with the cap
5
Pam Cat can tap
Tap Pam tap6
a have has for with the
Follow these steps to teach
each high-frequency word
Say Point to and say
the word
Spell Spell the word
Read Have children
read the word
Write Have children
write the word
Use Use each word
in a sentence
Review Review high-
frequency words from
previous lessons
High-FrequencyWord Routine
For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
Decodable Text
Pam and Sam 7F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836
Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam
Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for
with and the on the board Read the words with children
Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children
sound it out as you run your finger under it
What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos
name is
Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word
sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective
feedback If children can sound out the words have them
whisper-read the rest of the text
Objectives
bull Decode words with short aa
bull Review a have has for with
the
bull Read words with short aa
in connected text
Materials
bull Decodable Reader Library
A Cap for Pam
[set facsimile ofcover for Grade
1 Unit 1 Week
1 decodable
Reader A Cap for
Pam]
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J
If Yes On Level Options page 35K
Beyond Level Options page 35L
Can children spell and read words with short aa
A Ca p
f o r Pa m
by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung
Decodable Reader
Children can read
A Cap for Pam during
whole group or small
group time
Sam has a tan mat
2
Can Pam have a mat
3
Sam has a cat cap
Pam can have a cap4
Pam ran with the cap
5
Pam Cat can tap
Tap Pam tap6
a have has for with the
Follow these steps to teach
each high-frequency word
Say Point to and say
the word
Spell Spell the word
Read Have children
read the word
Write Have children
write the word
Use Use each word
in a sentence
Review Review high-
frequency words from
previous lessons
High-FrequencyWord Routine
For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
Decodable Text
Pam and Sam 7F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936
1 My name is All ie
2 funny faces
3 I am a superhero
4 Write name
1 sentence is correct
2 fragment
3 sentence is correct
4 fragment
Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill
Transparency 1
I like dogs
Objectives
bull Understand that a sentence
tells a whole idea
bull Recognize that a sentence
always begins with a capital
letter
Materials
bull Grammar Transparency 1
bull Grammar Practice Book p 1
GrammarGrammarSentences
EXPLAINMODEL
Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea
Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read
aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1
As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the
words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter
Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence
GUIDED PRACTICE
Ask children to work in pairs
to decide if the next two
examples on the transparency
are sentences
Have pairs think of a sentence that tells
about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can
tell that these are sentences
ircle the sentences
She sat down
We can jump up
Ran here
Pat can do this
Like to
Grammar Practice Book page 1
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics Sentence
Capitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Transparency 1
7G
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036
Objectives
bull Create a list
bull Compose sentences in a
shared writing experience
Materials
bull chart paper
Things I Do
pick out clothesgo to school
write name
Ask and Answer Questions
Ask children questions such as
What do you do at home What
do you do at school As children
answer have them pantomime
the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and
write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this
piece to their writing portfolio
SharedShared
WritingWritingPersonal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Discuss with children what
kinds of things Allie does in
That Big Cat
Display the list they created
during oral language Talk with
children about things they like
to do Then brainstorm and
list with children words and
phrases about those things
When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we
write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it
is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences
about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will
put the sentences together and write a personal narrative
WRITE
Reread together the list children created
Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself
Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish
Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences
and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word
I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk
about yourself as Allie did in her story
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up have
children name something
unique about the
classroom
Pam and Sam 7H
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136
Oral Vocabul ary
The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did
you sleep my dearrdquo
ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very
hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get
comfortablerdquo
Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause
they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould
feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts
The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave
finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo
The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following
week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess
livedhappily ever after
cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad
Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus
Ask What makesyou feel
cheerful
Helpchildrenusethe
picturestoretellthe story
Card1 Why hasthe prince
leftthecastleWhatishelooking for
Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher
Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe
queenrsquosplan
Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling
Howdoesthestoryend
Retell
ThePrincessandthePea
copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l
i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r
4
At a Glance
Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure
bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
bull Fluency Echo-Read
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Interactive Writing
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your
voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark
tell children that some sentences end with a period
Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words
Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their
classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message
Oral Vocabulary
BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and
read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the
the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales
Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts
Get Ready Story
Small Group Options
I CanI Can
by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton
Fantasy
I can hit it
I can kick itI can tip it in
Oral Vocabulary Cards
Oral VocabularyCards
7I
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236
Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1
Objectives
bull Analyze story structure
bull Identify and analyze
character and setting
bull Expand oral vocabulary
bull Reinforce concepts of print
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The
Princess and the Pea
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
Princess Does Princess Does Not
ask the king if she cancome inside the castle
tell the queen about herfamily interests talents
say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom
sleep
Categorize Before rereading
review by focusing on the words
always sometimes and never
Ask children about the things
that the princess does in the
story like saying goodnight
before going to bed and ask
if they do this at home Ask
children to use pantomime and
gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always
do and things they never do
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
Listening Comprehension
Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud
STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized
will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the
beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea
SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Remind children that what a character does and says can help them
to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess
does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what
she is like and what she might do next
COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children
complete Teaching Chart 8
Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the
meaning of each word
Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual
Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye
Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know
An interest is something a person likes or is curious about
Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of
your interests
Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always
smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful
Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer
Pam and Sam 7J
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336
Objectives
bull Listen for initial short aa
bull Blend sounds in words with
short aa
bull Build words with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation
Model
Show children how
to isolate phonemes
Repeat with bat and
medial a
Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a
sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise
my hand
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
isolating short a Guide
practice doing the first
few together
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound at the beginning of a word
on as off ax up at
Hold up your hand when you hear the a
sound in the middle of a word
bag not sit fat ran jump
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards c and
a in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
This is the letter c It stands
for the k sound This is
the letter a It stands for
the a sound Listen as I
blend these sounds
together kaaa Now you say it
Place Letter Card t at
the end to form cat
Blend phonemes
This is the letter t
It stands for the
t sound
Listen as I blend
all three sounds
kaaat cat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
blending with these
examples Do the first
one together
tap rat man ran
Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat
Pronunciation In some
languages including Spanish
Cantonese and Vietnamese
there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound
Emphasize the short a sound
and demonstrate correct mouth
position when pronouncing
each word Have children
contrast short a with ahhh the
sound with which children will
most likely be more familiar
For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos
Guide
Short a a
Introduce 7C-D
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for Pam
Reteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
7K
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436
Build Words with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a t in the pocket chart
Blend phonemes
Letrsquos blend all the
sounds together
and read the word
mat
Guided PracticePractice
Have children practice
building words with
short aa Guide
children with the first
example
Change the m in mat to c What word did
we make
Change the t in cat to p What word did you
make
Change the c in cap to m What word did
you make
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Place index cards for hat and man
in a pocket chart Say each word
and its sounds hat h a t
man m a n Say each word
again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word
Display index cards one at a time
Have children read each word
listening for at or an
Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same
end sound
Objectives
bull Spell words with short aa
bull Sort words with -at -an
Materials
bull Spelling Practice Book p 2
bull pocket chart
bull large index cards with
spelling words
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children blend and read words with short aa
copy M
a c m i l l a n M c G r a w
- H i l l
Read the words Say each word Then complete each
word to make a spelling word Use each word once
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
1 h 5 d n
2 p 6 m n
3 r n 7 ma
4 c n 8 at
a t
u
a
a
o w
a
t
c
Spelling Practice Book page 2
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation
DAY 5Posttest
Blending If children have
difficulty blending with
aa say Irsquoll blend k a t
Blend kat stressing medial
a Now you blend cat
Repeat with tap and rat
ConstructiveFeedback
Pam and Sam 7L
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536
Objectives
bull Learn high-frequency words
jump not up down and read
them in context
bull Review high-frequency
words to and
Materials
bull Vocabulary Cards jump not
up down to and
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
INTRODUCE
Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a
pocket chart
Point to and say the word up This is the word
up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree
Have children read spell and write the word
up
Follow the same steps to introduce jump not
and down
When introducing each new high-frequency
word note any phonics elements that have
been taught this week Review how to
decode the familiar letters sounds in the new
words We know that the letters n and t in not
stand for n and t Repeat with each new
high-frequency word
Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using
the words
Word Wall You may wish to add these words
Review Review to and and using the same procedure
Complete each sentence
Use one of the words in the box
up down not jump
1 I can
2 The cat ran
3 The cat is little
4 The dog ran
5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box
up
not
down
Responses will vary
jump
On Level Practice Book 0 page 2
Approaching Practice Book A page 2
Beyond Practice Book B page 2
Beginning
Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of
up and down as opposites
Have children point up and
say the word up Then have
them point down and say
the word down For jump
ask children to stand and
then jump while they say the
word jump
Intermediate
ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and
down Model The light is up
on the ceiling What else is
up on the ceiling The pencil
is down on the floor What
else is down on the floor
For jump ask a volunteer to
jump over a block For not
place a book and a pen side
by side Say This is a book
This is not a book Point to a
desk Is this a book
Advanced
Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the
words up and down in
sentences of their own that
demonstrate understanding
of their meanings as
opposites Have children use
jump in sentences that tell
others what to jump over
7M
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636
Pam and Sam 89
Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9
Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo
PREVIEWPREDICT
Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at
the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)
What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)
Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these
new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo
question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug
who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can
jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)
bull Read Aloud or Read
Together pausing
as needed to support
childrenrsquos comprehension
bull Have children whisper-
read independently
bull Use the modeling and
question prompts as you
revisit sections of the text
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736
Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11
Apply Vocabulary
1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down
Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and
jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I
see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down
2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling
as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the
illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking
2
1
Gesture and Point Reinforce
the meanings of jump up and
down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then
lead children in pointing to the
frogs that jump Point to them
when they are up and when
they are down
1011
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836
Pam and Sam 1213
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N
If Yes On Level Options page 35O
Beyond Level Options page 35P
Can children read jump not up and down
Develop Spoken Language
Have children pretend their fists
are frogs and show how they
can jump across their desks Say
I can jump Have children repeatafter you
Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13
3 4
3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump
Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to
jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump
by herself at the end What helped her jump
4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation
marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on
page 13 and have children echo-read
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936
Objective
bull Identify a complete
sentence
Materials
bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat
Jumprdquo
bull Grammar Practice Book p 2
GrammarGrammarSentences
REVIEW
Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a
volunteer to reread the sentence
Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole
idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter
PRACTICE
Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the
board
1 The sad man
2 The cat sat down
3 had a nap
4 We look at the map
Read each group of words with children
Ask Is this a sentence Why or why
not Discuss whether or not each
example tells a whole idea
Cross out the two incomplete
sentences
Sentences
DAY 1 Sentences
DAY 2 Sentences
DAY 3 Sentences
Mechanics SentenceCapitalization
DAY 4 Sentences
Proofread
DAY 5 Sentences
Grammar Practice Book page 2
13A
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136
At a Glance
Whole Group
Main Selection
Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary
bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly
Borrows a Bookrdquo
Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending
Phonicsbull Short aa
bull Build Fluency
bull Spelling Word Sort
High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down
Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam
bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and
Setting
Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences
bull Independent Writing
Small Group Options
Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T
Oral LanguageOral Language
Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the
Message aloud with expression
Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences
end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time
you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods
Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with
short a Who can think of other words with short a
Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about
other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe
characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter
Oral Vocabulary
REVIEW WORDS
Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask
about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful
Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique
interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud
Then ask the following questions
Which word means
bull real or true
bull one-of a-kind or unusual
bull choosing one thing instead of
another
bull happy or glad bull something a person likes
I have a fat cat
I can pat himI can play with him
13C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236
Objectives
bull Understand story structure
as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is
different from realistic
fiction
bull Model reading with prosody
Materials
bull Read-Aloud Anthology
InteractiveInteractive
Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension
GENRE FANTASY
Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share
the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud
Anthology
READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo
Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds
provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology
Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story
naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects
of fluent reading For example point out that you read
dialogue the way you think characters might say it
Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud
Anthology to teach new words
Respond to the Fantasy
TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did
Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is
unique
Beginning
Ask Questions Talk with
children about the library Who
has been to a library Do we
get books at a library Does a
librarian work there Have you
ever talked to the librarian
Intermediate
Use Vocabulary Elicit from
children the different words we
use when talking about a library
What is inside of a library What
do we call a person who works
in a library What do you need to
show the librarian if you want to
take a book home
Advanced
Role Play Have children act out
a trip to the library One child
can play the part of the librarian
while others can pretend to
check out books Encourage
children to use sentences such
as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library
card When is my book due
Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a
scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook
Read Aloudpages 9ndash13
Pam and Sam 13D
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336
Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending
Model
Show children how to
orally blend phonemes
I will say the sounds in a word The first
sound is m The next sound is a The
last sound is t I can blend these sounds
together mmmaaat mat Say it with me
Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice
blending Guide practice
with the first two words
I will say three sounds Blend sounds
together to form words
r a n s a t m a p
t a p m a n t a n
PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a
Model
Place Letter Cards m
a and p in the pocket
chart
Change the m in map
to s Use the routine to
blend sap
The letter m stands
for the sound m
The letter a stands
for the sound a The letter p stands
for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together
mmmaaap map Say it with me
Guided PracticePractice
Have children change
letters and blend Guide
practice with the firstword change
Change the s in
sap to t Blend
the sounds toread the word
yoursquove made
cap nap rap sap
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children blend sounds in words with short aa
Objectives
bull Blend sounds in words
bull Blend with short aa
Materials
bull Large Letter Cards a m p t
bull Small Letter Cards
bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos
Resource Book p 88
bull pocket chart
bull Teaching Chart 7
bull PhonicsFluency
Transparency 1
Short a a
Introduce 7CndashD
Practice Apply
7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG
Leveled Practice 1 5 8
Decodable Reader A Cap
for PamReteach Review
35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S
35U 35Y
Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B
Decodable Reader Jazz Band
Phonemic Awareness
Teaching phonemic
awareness to children
is clearly effective It
improves their ability to
manipulate phonemes in
speech This skill transfers
and helps them learn to
read and spell PA training
benefits not only word
reading but also reading
comprehension
Donald Bear
wwwmacmillanmhcom
13E
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436
Build Fluency Word Automaticity
Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend
the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having
children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random
order and ask children to read them
PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an
Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending
sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then
have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words
Dictation
Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words
Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word
and use it in a sentence
Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then
write the word
After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread
their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa
To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word
Objectives
bull Sort words with -at -an
bull Use dictation to practicespelling words
Materials
bull Spelling Word Cards BLM
Teacherrsquos Resource Book
p 90
bull Spelling Practice Book p 3
man cat hat mat
ran can up down
Look at the picture Use a spelling word to
complete the sentence
1 Can you see the
2 The cat ran
3 The man has a
4 She can go
5 Here is a
cat
up
hat
down
can
Spelling Practice Book page 3
DAY 1 Pretest
DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word
Sort
DAY 3 Student Word Sort
Dictation
DAY 4 Test Practice
DAY 5 Posttest
Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1
Pam and Sam 13F
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536
Objectives
bull Read high-frequency words
jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy
Analyze Story Structure
bull Read to apply the skill
Analyze Character and
Setting
bull Use academic language
character setting
Materials
bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p
120
bull Student Book Pam and Sam
bull Teaching Chart 8
bull Graphic Organizer
Transparency 1
bull Leveled Practice Books p 3
High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down
PRACTICE
Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for
jump not up down to each child
As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card
Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence
Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for
their partner to write
Review Review like and go following the same procedure
ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle
and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention
to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at
the end of the story
SKILL
Analyze Character and Setting
Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might
help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do
what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting
or where they are helps you understand the story
Prepare to Read
PREVIEW AND PREDICT
Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title
Who are the characters What do you think they might do
Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story
Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up
story that would not happen in real life
Preview the word Ask children to
tell what it means
fly (page 24)
Analyze Character and Setting
Introduce U1 7AndashB
Practice Apply
U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled
Practice 3ndash4
Reteach Review
U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT
35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J
89Gndash105A 111E 111L
111NndashP 111RndashT 111V
111YndashZ Leveled Practice
27ndash28
Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests
Benchmark Tests A B
Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A
153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT
153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled
Practice 119ndash120
13G
Main Selection Student pages 14 15
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636
Read Pam and Sam
SET A PURPOSE FOR READING
Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos
look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters
Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION
Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15
Story available on Listening
Library Audio CD
If your children need support
to read the Main Selection
use the prompts to guide
comprehension and model
how to complete the Character
Chart Encourage children toread aloud
If your children can read the
Main Selection independently
have them read and complete
the Character Chart
If your children need an alternate selection choose the
Leveled Readers that match their instructional level
Pam and Sam 1415
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736
Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17
Develop Comprehension
1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot
How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about
them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam
playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the
same thing because they like to play together I will read on
to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the
characters and what they do in the rest of the story
1 2
SyntacticStructure
Explain that good readers
sometimes check that they have
read words correctly One way to
do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence
Model Point to the word ran
on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam
uprdquo I know from how the
sentence is put together that the
next word has to be a verb The
word ran is a verb It sounds right in
the sentence because it says what
Pam did
Apply Encourage children to
check the meaning of other words
in the story
1617
Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836
3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos
add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam
run together (Possible answer because they are playing)
4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD
If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can
reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam
and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)
5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING
What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests
(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run
and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in
a field or in a meadow)
Main Selection Student pages 18 19
Picture Clues Point to the bird
and the rabbit running together
Explain that the picture can
give clues about where they
are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running
(They are running down)
3 4 5
Pam and Sam 1819
Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936
p g
Develop Comprehension
6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn
about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is
organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same
thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story
Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud
Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and
Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read
more to find out if the problem is solved
6 7
Clarify Remind children
that characters refers to the
main people or animals in
the story Review some of the
pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children
to look at the illustrations
Are the characters people or
animals (animals) Who are
the characters (Pam and Sam)
Ask children to describe the
characters in their own words
based on the illustrations in the
story (Possible answer Pam is a
rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)
2021
Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036
8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ
Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends
with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone
that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I
read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone
9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting
Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)
Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart
10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure
Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize
the story to keep it interesting
Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the
characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us
about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in
the end now that I know Sam can fly
Question 9 ANALYZE
CHARACTER
What can Sam do How do you
know he can fly Can Pam fly too
How do you know
9
8 10
Pam and Sam 2223
Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136
Teaching Chart 8Graphic
Organizer Transparency 1
Pam Can Sam Can
play
run
jump
play
run
fly
Develop Comprehension
COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART
Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam
Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8
RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES
Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What
makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)
During Small Group Instruction
If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R
If Yes On Level Options page 35S
Beyond Level Options page 35T
Can children analyze characters
2425
Main Selection Student page 26
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236
Pam and Sam 26
Authorrsquos Craft
Focus on Repetition
In this story Nancy Tafuri
uses the same words
over and over She does
this to make it easier for
readers to understand
the story Repetition also
helps readers remember
what has already
happened New wordscan change the meaning
of words used over
and over
What words on page 17
are also on page 18 (ran
up) Who runs up (Pam
and Sam)
What words are on page
21 that were also on page
20 (can jump) What
new word changes the
meaning (not )
Children can find more
information about
Nancy Tafuri at
wwwmacmillanmhcom
Authorrsquos Purpose
Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story
about friends Draw a picture of your
friend Write your friendrsquos name
Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom
Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in
the country and love telling
stories about animals I
especially like to tell stories
about good friends like
Pam and Sam I have fun
drawing pictures to go with
my storiesrdquo
Other books by Nancy Tafuri
26
Meet the AuthorIllustrator
Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri
draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story
and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends
Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what
good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a
friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on
the picture Children may add this writing to their response
journals
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436
Pam and Sam 27A
Think and Compare
USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS
1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of
the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then
he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump
Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN
2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real
birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the
wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too
However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together
I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually
playing together ANALYZE
3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know
Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I
noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for
him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop
playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem
MAKE INFERENCES
4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these
characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head
Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump
Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They
both solved their problems COMPARE
Personal Response
Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another
story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways
could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in
a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas
Look at the pictures Read the story
Nat is a cat
Nat can go up
Nat can go down
Pam and Sam look for Nat
Pam is sad
Where is Nat
Write T if the sentence is true
Write F if the sentence is false
1 Nat is a cat
2 Nat can go up and down
3 Pam is sad
4 Nat is in the
5 Nat is in the
T
T
F
T
T
On Level Practice Book O page 4
Approaching Practice Book A page 4
Beyond Practice Book B page 4
Think and Search(Question 1)
bull Search for clues and
information in the texts
Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)
bull Think about the
information in the story
bull Think about what you
already know
bull Compare the information
in two stories
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C
8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636
Objectives
bull Understand the importance
of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a
sentence
bull Use words to add detail to a
sentence
Materials
bull pencils and paper
Dictation Have children dictate
to you their word or phrase to
fill in the sentence frame
Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book
pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do
Personal Narrative
DAY 1 Shared Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 2 Interactive Personal
Narrative Sentences
DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas
Independent Prewrite
and Draft
DAY 4 Independent Revise
and Edit
DAY 5 Independent Publish
and Present
IndependentIndependent
WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas
EXPLAIN
Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write
Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting
DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences
1 I like to eat
2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables
Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes
to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words
yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information
Personal Narrative
BRAINSTORM
Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about
herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about
what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk
about what they like to do
PREWRITE
Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do
DRAFT
Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the
sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review
with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that
tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences
TransitionsThat Teach
While lining up for recess
have children tell about a
game they would prefer
to play
Pam and Sam 27C